1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
56 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
58 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
59 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
60 need to move into elfcode.h. */
62 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
65 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
66 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
67 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
69 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
70 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
71 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
72 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
73 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
74 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
75 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
78 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
81 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
82 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
83 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
89 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
94 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
97 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
98 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
99 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
101 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
102 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
105 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
108 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
109 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
110 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
112 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
116 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
119 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
120 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
121 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
123 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
124 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
125 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
126 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
127 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
130 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
133 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
134 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
135 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
137 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
139 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
144 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
147 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
148 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
149 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
151 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
152 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
153 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
154 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
155 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
158 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
161 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
162 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
163 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
166 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
168 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
172 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
175 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
176 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
177 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
179 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
182 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
185 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
186 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
187 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
189 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
192 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
193 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
196 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
198 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
203 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
206 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
209 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
210 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
214 return h
& 0xffffffff;
217 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
218 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
221 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
223 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
224 unsigned long h
= 5381;
227 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
228 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
229 return h
& 0xffffffff;
232 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
233 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
235 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
237 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
239 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
240 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
241 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
244 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
245 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
247 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
251 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
258 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
260 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
261 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
266 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
268 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
269 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
271 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
272 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
276 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
278 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
279 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
281 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
283 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
285 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
286 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
289 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
290 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
292 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
293 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
294 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
296 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
297 in case the string table is not terminated. */
298 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
299 || shstrtabsize
> bfd_get_file_size (abfd
)
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
307 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
309 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
310 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
311 the string table over and over. */
312 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
315 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
316 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
318 return (char *) shstrtab
;
322 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
323 unsigned int shindex
,
324 unsigned int strindex
)
326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
334 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
336 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
338 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
340 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
341 /* xgettext:c-format */
342 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
343 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
348 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
353 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
354 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
355 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
356 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
357 the section is zero. */
358 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
362 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
364 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
366 /* xgettext:c-format */
367 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
368 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
369 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
371 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
375 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
378 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
379 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
380 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
381 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
382 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
383 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
384 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
387 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
388 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
391 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
395 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
397 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
398 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
399 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
400 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
401 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
402 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
403 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
408 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
414 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
416 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
418 elf_section_list
* entry
;
419 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
421 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
422 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
425 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
428 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
430 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
435 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
437 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
438 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
439 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
440 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
441 the index table will not be needed. */
445 /* Read the symbols. */
447 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
449 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
450 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
451 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* extsym_size
;
452 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
453 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
455 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
456 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
458 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
459 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
460 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
466 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
470 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
471 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
472 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
474 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
475 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
476 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
478 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
479 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
480 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
487 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
489 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
490 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
491 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
492 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
496 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
497 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
498 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
499 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
501 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
502 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
504 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
505 /* xgettext:c-format */
506 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
507 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
508 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
509 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
516 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
518 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
519 free (alloc_extshndx
);
524 /* Look up a symbol name. */
526 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
527 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
528 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
532 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
533 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
535 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
536 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
537 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
539 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
540 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
543 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
546 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
547 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
552 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
553 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
556 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
557 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
559 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
561 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
562 signature just a string? */
565 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
567 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
568 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
569 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
570 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
572 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
573 that it is a symbol table section. */
574 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
576 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
577 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
578 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
581 /* Go read the symbol. */
582 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
583 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
584 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
587 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
590 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
593 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
595 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
597 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
598 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
601 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
603 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
604 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
605 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
608 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
609 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
610 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
611 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
612 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
614 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
616 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
618 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
624 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
625 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
626 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
630 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
631 so we can find them quickly. */
634 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
635 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
636 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
637 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
639 memset (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
, 0,
640 num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
643 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
645 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
647 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
650 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
652 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
654 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
657 /* Add to list of sections. */
658 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
661 /* Read the raw contents. */
662 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
663 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
664 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
665 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
666 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
667 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
670 /* xgettext:c-format */
671 (_("%pB: corrupt size field in group section"
672 " header: %#" PRIx64
),
673 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
674 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
679 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
680 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
684 /* xgettext:c-format */
685 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
686 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
687 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
688 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
690 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even
691 partially corrupt, do not allow any of the
692 contents to be used. */
693 bfd_release (abfd
, shdr
->contents
);
694 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
698 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
699 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
700 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
702 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
703 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
711 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
712 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
716 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
717 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
718 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
723 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
724 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
725 section group should be marked with
726 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
727 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
729 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
732 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
735 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
743 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
744 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
746 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
748 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
751 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
752 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
754 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
755 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
761 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
763 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
766 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
768 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
769 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
771 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
772 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
778 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
779 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
781 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
782 /* xgettext:c-format */
783 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
784 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
785 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
786 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
789 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
791 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
792 section is a member. */
794 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
798 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
799 other members to see if any others are linked via
801 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
802 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
804 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
805 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
806 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
810 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
811 insert current section in circular list. */
812 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
813 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
814 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
820 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
823 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
825 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
826 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
829 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
831 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
832 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
834 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
841 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
843 /* xgettext:c-format */
844 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
852 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
855 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
856 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
859 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
860 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
862 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
863 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
865 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
866 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
867 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
868 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
871 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
872 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
873 bed
->link_order_error_handler
874 /* xgettext:c-format */
875 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
880 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
882 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
884 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
885 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
889 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
890 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
894 /* xgettext:c-format */
895 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
896 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
900 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
903 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
904 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
907 /* xgettext:c-format */
908 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
909 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
914 /* Process section groups. */
915 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
918 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
920 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
921 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
924 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
925 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
928 /* xgettext:c-format */
929 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
935 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
936 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
942 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
944 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
945 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
946 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
947 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
949 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
951 /* xgettext:c-format */
952 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
955 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
956 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
969 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
971 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
975 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
977 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
978 return elf_group_name (sec
);
983 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
985 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
986 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
987 if (new_name
== NULL
)
991 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
996 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
998 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
999 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1000 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1003 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1007 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
1011 int16_t major_version
;
1012 int16_t minor_version
;
1013 unsigned char slim_object
;
1015 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1019 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1020 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1023 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1024 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1030 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1032 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1035 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1036 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1039 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1040 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1041 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1043 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1044 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1045 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1047 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1049 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
1050 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1051 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1054 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1055 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1056 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1057 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1059 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1062 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1065 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1066 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1067 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1069 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1071 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1074 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1076 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1077 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1078 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1079 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1081 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1082 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1083 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1084 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1086 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1088 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1089 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1093 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1094 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1095 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1099 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1101 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1102 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1103 if (name
[0] == '.')
1105 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug", 6) == 0
1106 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17) == 0
1107 || strncmp (name
, ".zdebug", 7) == 0)
1108 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1109 else if (strncmp (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
, 21) == 0
1110 || strncmp (name
, ".note.gnu", 9) == 0)
1111 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1112 else if (strncmp (name
, ".line", 5) == 0
1113 || strncmp (name
, ".stab", 5) == 0
1114 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1115 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1119 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1120 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1121 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1122 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1123 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1124 all but one of the sections. */
1125 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1126 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1127 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1129 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1130 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1131 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
1134 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1137 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1138 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1139 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1140 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1144 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1147 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1148 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1152 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1154 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1155 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1157 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1158 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1159 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1160 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1161 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1162 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1163 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1165 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1167 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1170 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1171 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1173 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1174 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1175 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1176 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1178 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1179 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1180 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1182 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1183 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1184 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1185 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1186 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1187 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1188 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1189 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1190 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1192 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1193 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1194 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1195 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1196 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1197 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1198 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1204 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1205 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1206 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1207 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1208 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1210 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1211 int compression_header_size
;
1212 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1213 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1214 bfd_boolean compressed
1215 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1216 &compression_header_size
,
1218 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1221 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1222 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1223 action
= decompress
;
1226 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1227 section. Check if we should compress. */
1228 if (action
== nothing
)
1230 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1231 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1232 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1233 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1235 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1236 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1242 if (action
== compress
)
1244 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1247 /* xgettext:c-format */
1248 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1255 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1258 /* xgettext:c-format */
1259 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1265 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1268 && (action
== decompress
1269 || (action
== compress
1270 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1272 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1273 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1275 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1276 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1278 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1282 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1283 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1284 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1287 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1289 const char *lto_section_name
= ".gnu.lto_.lto.";
1290 if (strncmp (name
, lto_section_name
, strlen (lto_section_name
)) == 0)
1292 struct lto_section lsection
;
1293 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1294 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1295 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1301 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1303 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1304 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1305 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1308 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1309 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1310 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1311 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1312 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1313 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1314 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1315 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1316 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1318 bfd_reloc_status_type
1319 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1320 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1322 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1323 asection
*input_section
,
1325 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1327 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1328 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1329 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1330 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1332 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1333 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1336 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1339 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1340 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1341 should be the same. */
1344 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1345 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1347 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1348 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1349 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1350 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1352 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1353 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1355 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1358 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1359 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1360 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1361 to be the correct section. */
1364 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1365 const unsigned int hint
)
1367 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1370 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1372 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1373 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1374 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1375 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1378 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1380 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1382 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1384 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1385 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1386 multiple matches ? */
1393 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1394 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1395 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1398 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1400 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1401 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1402 const unsigned int secnum
)
1404 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1405 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1406 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1407 unsigned int sh_link
;
1409 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1411 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1412 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1413 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1414 matched up with the original.
1416 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1417 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1418 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1419 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1420 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1421 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1422 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1423 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1424 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1425 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1426 without any contents. */
1427 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1428 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1429 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1430 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1434 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1435 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
1436 && bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1437 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1440 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1441 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1442 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1443 in the input bfd. */
1444 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1446 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1447 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1450 /* xgettext:c-format */
1451 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1452 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1456 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1457 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1459 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1463 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1464 if we could not find a match ? */
1466 /* xgettext:c-format */
1467 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1470 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1472 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1473 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1475 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1477 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1479 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1480 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1483 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1484 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1486 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1488 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1493 /* xgettext:c-format */
1494 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1500 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1504 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1506 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1508 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1511 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1512 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1515 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1517 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1518 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1521 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1523 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1524 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1525 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1527 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1528 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1529 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1530 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1532 /* Copy object attributes. */
1533 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1535 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1538 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1540 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1541 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1544 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1546 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1547 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1548 files. See below for more details. */
1550 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1551 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1554 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1555 fields have already been initialised. */
1556 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1557 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1560 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1561 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1562 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1564 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1566 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1569 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1570 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1571 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1572 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1574 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1575 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1576 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1577 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1578 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1579 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1584 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1587 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1588 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1589 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1590 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1592 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1594 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1597 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1598 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1599 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1601 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1602 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1603 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1604 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1605 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1606 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1607 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1608 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1609 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1610 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1612 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1617 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1619 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1620 with a NULL input section. */
1621 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
)
1622 bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, NULL
, oheader
);
1630 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1635 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1636 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1637 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1638 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1639 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1640 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1641 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1642 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1643 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1644 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1645 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1646 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1651 /* Print out the program headers. */
1654 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1656 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1657 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1659 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1661 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1666 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1667 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1668 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1670 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1675 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1678 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1679 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1680 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1681 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1682 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1683 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1684 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1685 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1686 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1687 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1688 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1689 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1690 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1691 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1692 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1693 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1694 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1699 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1702 unsigned int elfsec
;
1703 unsigned long shlink
;
1704 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1706 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1708 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1710 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1713 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1714 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1716 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1718 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1719 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1722 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1723 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1725 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1726 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1728 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1730 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1731 const char *name
= "";
1733 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1736 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1738 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1745 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1746 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1748 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1750 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1755 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1756 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1757 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1758 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1759 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1760 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1761 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1762 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1763 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1764 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1765 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1766 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1767 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1768 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1769 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1770 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1771 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1772 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1773 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1774 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1775 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1776 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1777 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1778 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1779 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1780 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1781 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1782 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1783 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1784 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1785 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1786 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1787 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1788 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1789 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1790 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1791 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1792 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1793 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1794 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1795 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1796 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1797 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1798 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1799 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1800 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1801 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1802 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1803 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1804 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1805 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1806 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1807 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1808 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1809 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1810 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1811 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1812 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1815 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1819 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1824 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1826 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1829 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1838 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1839 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1841 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1845 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1847 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1849 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1850 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1852 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1853 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1854 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1855 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1857 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1860 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1864 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1870 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1872 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1874 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1875 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1877 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1879 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1880 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1881 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1882 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1883 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1884 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1896 /* Get version string. */
1899 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1900 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1902 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1903 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1904 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1906 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1908 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1909 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1912 version_string
= "";
1913 else if (vernum
== 1
1914 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1915 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1917 version_string
= "Base";
1918 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1920 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1923 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1925 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1926 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1930 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1932 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1934 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1936 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1943 return version_string
;
1946 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1949 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1952 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1954 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1957 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1958 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1960 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1961 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1962 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1963 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1965 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1967 const char *section_name
;
1968 const char *name
= NULL
;
1969 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1970 unsigned char st_other
;
1972 const char *version_string
;
1975 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1977 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1978 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1979 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1983 name
= symbol
->name
;
1984 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1987 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1988 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1989 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1990 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1991 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1992 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1993 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1995 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1996 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1998 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1999 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2005 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2010 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2011 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2016 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2017 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2022 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2023 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2024 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2026 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2028 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2031 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2037 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2039 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2042 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2044 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2045 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2046 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2048 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2049 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2050 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2051 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
2053 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2058 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2059 sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
2060 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2061 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2062 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2063 can expect to recurse at least once.
2065 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2066 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2068 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2069 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2070 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2072 size_t amt
= elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
2073 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2074 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2076 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2078 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2081 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2084 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2087 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2088 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2089 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2094 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2095 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2098 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2101 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2102 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2103 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2104 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2105 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2106 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2107 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2108 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2109 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2110 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2113 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2114 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2117 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2119 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2120 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2121 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2124 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2125 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2126 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2128 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2133 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2135 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2137 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2139 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2140 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2141 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2142 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2144 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2145 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2149 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2151 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2152 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2154 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2155 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2157 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2165 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2166 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2169 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2172 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2174 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2176 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2177 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2178 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2183 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2184 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2185 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2188 /* xgettext:c-format */
2189 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2190 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2194 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2195 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2196 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2197 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2199 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2200 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2201 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2202 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2203 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2205 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2206 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2207 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2211 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2212 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2213 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2215 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2216 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2218 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2219 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2222 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2223 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2225 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2227 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2228 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2233 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2235 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2237 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2238 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2243 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2244 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2248 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2249 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2252 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2255 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2257 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2260 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2261 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2262 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2267 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2268 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2269 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2272 /* xgettext:c-format */
2273 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2274 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2278 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2279 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2280 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2281 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2283 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2284 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2285 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2288 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2290 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2292 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2293 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2296 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2299 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2301 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2302 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2303 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2307 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2308 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2311 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2313 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2314 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2318 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2321 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2322 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2326 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2329 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2330 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2331 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2332 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2334 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2339 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2340 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2341 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2342 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2344 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2346 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2347 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2349 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2350 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2352 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2355 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2357 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2359 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2360 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2364 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2369 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2371 asection
*target_sect
;
2372 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2373 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2374 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2377 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2378 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2381 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2382 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2385 /* xgettext:c-format */
2386 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2387 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2388 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2393 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2394 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2395 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2396 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2397 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2398 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2399 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2401 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2402 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2403 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2404 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2410 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2412 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2413 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2424 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2427 /* Get the symbol table. */
2428 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2429 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2430 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2433 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2434 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2435 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2436 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2437 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2438 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2439 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2440 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2441 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2442 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2443 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2444 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2445 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2446 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2447 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2448 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2450 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2455 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2458 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2459 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2462 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2463 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2464 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2466 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2468 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2469 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2474 /* xgettext:c-format */
2475 (_("%pB: warning: multiple relocation sections for section %pA \
2476 found - ignoring all but the first"),
2480 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2485 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2486 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2487 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2488 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2489 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2490 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2491 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2492 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2493 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2495 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2496 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2498 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2502 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2503 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2504 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2505 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2508 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2509 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2512 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2513 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2514 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2517 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2518 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2519 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2520 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2527 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2530 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2536 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2537 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2538 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2540 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2542 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2546 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2547 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2550 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2552 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2553 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2554 for applications? */
2556 /* xgettext:c-format */
2557 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2558 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2561 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2562 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2567 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2568 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2569 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2571 /* xgettext:c-format */
2572 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2573 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2574 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2576 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2577 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2578 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2579 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2580 be rejected with an error message. */
2582 /* xgettext:c-format */
2583 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2584 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2587 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2588 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2593 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2595 /* xgettext:c-format */
2596 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2597 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2605 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2606 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2607 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2609 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2610 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2615 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2618 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2620 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2622 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2624 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2626 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2627 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2628 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2630 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2631 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2632 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2635 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2637 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2640 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2643 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2646 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2650 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2652 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2654 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2657 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2659 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2660 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2663 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2666 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2667 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2670 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2673 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2674 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2675 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2676 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2677 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2680 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2681 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2682 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2683 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2684 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2685 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2688 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2690 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2691 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2692 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2695 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2697 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2698 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2699 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2700 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2701 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2702 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2703 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2704 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2705 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2706 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2709 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2711 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2712 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2715 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2717 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2718 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2719 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2720 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2723 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2725 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2726 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2729 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2731 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2732 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2733 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2736 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2738 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2739 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2740 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2743 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2745 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2746 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2747 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2748 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2749 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2752 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2754 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2755 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2756 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2757 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2758 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2759 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2760 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2763 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2765 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2766 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2767 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2768 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2771 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2773 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2774 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2775 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2776 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2777 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2780 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2782 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2783 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2784 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2786 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2787 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2788 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2789 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2792 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2794 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2796 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2798 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2799 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2800 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2806 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2809 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2810 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2811 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2817 len
= strlen (name
);
2819 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2822 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2824 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2826 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2829 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2830 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2832 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2834 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2836 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2837 && (suffix_len
== -2
2838 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2844 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2846 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2847 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2857 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2858 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2861 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2862 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2864 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2865 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2868 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2869 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2872 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2873 bed
->special_sections
,
2879 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2882 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2883 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2886 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2891 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2895 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2897 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2898 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2899 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2901 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2904 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2908 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2911 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2912 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2913 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2915 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2916 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2917 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2918 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2919 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2920 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2921 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2922 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2923 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2924 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2925 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2927 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2930 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2931 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2932 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2934 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2935 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2939 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2942 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2944 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2945 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2946 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2947 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2949 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2950 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2951 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2952 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2953 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2954 of combined data+bss.
2956 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2957 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2958 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2959 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2960 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2965 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2966 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2968 const char *type_name
)
2976 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2977 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2978 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2980 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2982 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2983 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2984 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2987 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2988 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2989 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2991 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2992 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2993 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2994 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2995 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2996 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2997 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2999 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3000 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
3001 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3003 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
3005 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3008 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3010 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3014 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
3018 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
3019 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
3020 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
3023 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
3024 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
3025 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3027 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3028 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3029 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
3030 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3031 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
3032 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
3033 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
3034 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
3035 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3037 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
3038 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
3039 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
3040 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
3041 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
3042 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
3043 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
3045 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3046 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3047 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3049 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3050 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3057 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3059 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3060 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3061 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3067 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3069 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3071 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3074 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3077 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3079 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3080 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3084 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3087 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3090 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3092 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3098 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3101 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3103 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3104 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3108 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3111 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3114 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3115 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3116 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3120 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3124 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3126 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3128 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3129 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3132 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3136 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3137 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3138 const char *sec_name
,
3139 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3141 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3142 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3146 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3148 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3150 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3156 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3157 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3158 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3162 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3163 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3164 const char *sec_name
,
3165 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3166 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3168 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3169 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3171 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3172 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3173 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3175 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3176 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3177 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3180 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3181 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3182 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3183 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3184 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3185 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3186 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3187 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3188 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3193 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3196 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3198 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3199 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3201 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3204 struct fake_section_arg
3206 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3210 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3213 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3215 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3216 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3217 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3218 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3219 unsigned int sh_type
;
3220 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3221 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3225 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3230 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3234 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3235 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3236 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3240 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3242 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3244 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3245 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3246 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3247 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3250 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3252 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3253 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3255 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3256 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3260 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3261 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3269 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3271 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3272 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3273 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3274 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3275 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3276 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3281 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3286 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3287 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3291 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3293 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3300 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3302 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3303 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3304 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3306 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3308 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3309 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3310 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3311 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3312 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3315 /* xgettext:c-format */
3316 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3317 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3321 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
3322 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3323 copy_private_section_data. */
3325 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3326 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3328 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3330 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3331 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3333 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3335 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3336 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3337 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3338 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3339 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3341 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3342 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3343 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3344 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3346 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3347 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3350 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3361 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3362 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3363 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3364 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3368 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3372 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3376 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3380 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3381 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3385 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3386 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3389 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3390 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3393 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3394 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3395 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3396 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3398 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3399 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3401 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3402 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3405 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3406 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3407 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3408 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3410 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3411 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3413 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3414 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3418 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3422 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3426 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3427 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3428 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3429 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3430 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3431 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3432 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3434 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3435 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3437 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3438 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3439 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3440 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3441 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3443 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3444 if (asect
->size
== 0
3445 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3447 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3449 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3452 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3453 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3454 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3458 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3459 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3461 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3462 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3463 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3464 create the other. */
3465 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3467 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3470 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3471 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3472 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3473 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3475 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3476 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3477 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3482 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3483 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3484 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3490 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3492 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3502 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3503 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3504 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3505 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3511 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3513 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3514 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3515 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3519 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3520 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3521 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3522 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3525 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3527 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3528 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3532 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3534 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3539 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3541 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3543 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3545 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3546 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3550 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3551 elf_section_syms. */
3552 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3553 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3555 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3557 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3559 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3560 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3561 set until all local symbols are output. */
3563 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3564 unsigned long symndx
;
3565 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3566 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3568 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3569 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3570 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3571 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3572 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3573 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3575 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3577 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3579 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3580 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3582 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3583 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3584 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3585 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3587 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3590 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3592 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3595 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3597 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3598 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3599 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3606 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3608 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3609 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3610 start of the input section group. */
3611 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3613 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3614 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3615 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3616 directives, not that it matters. */
3623 s
= s
->output_section
;
3625 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3627 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3628 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3630 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3632 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3633 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3635 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3637 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3639 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3641 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3642 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3644 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3646 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3649 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3651 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3657 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3659 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3662 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3663 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3664 relocations apply. */
3667 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3669 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3670 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3671 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3672 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3677 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3683 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3686 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3689 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3694 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3696 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3697 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3700 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3701 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3702 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3705 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3708 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3709 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3710 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3713 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3714 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3715 in here too, while we're at it. */
3718 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3720 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3722 unsigned int section_number
;
3723 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3724 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3725 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3730 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3732 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3733 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3735 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3737 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3738 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3740 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3742 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3744 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3746 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3747 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3748 abfd
->section_count
--;
3751 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3754 /* Count relocations. */
3755 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3758 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3759 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3760 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3763 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3765 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3767 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3768 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3769 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3770 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3773 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3774 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3775 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3782 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3783 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3784 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3790 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3791 || (link_info
== NULL
3792 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3796 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3797 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3798 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3800 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3802 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3804 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3805 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3806 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3808 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3809 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3810 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3813 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3814 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3817 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3818 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3819 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3821 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3823 /* xgettext:c-format */
3824 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3825 abfd
, section_number
);
3829 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3830 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3832 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3834 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3835 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3836 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3839 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3840 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3841 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3843 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3847 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3849 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3852 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3853 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3855 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3856 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3857 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3858 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3860 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3861 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3864 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3868 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3870 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3871 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3872 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3873 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3874 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3876 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3878 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3879 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3880 the relocation entries apply. */
3881 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3883 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3884 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3885 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3887 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3889 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3890 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3891 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3894 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3895 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3897 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3900 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3901 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3903 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3904 if (discarded_section (s
))
3908 /* xgettext:c-format */
3909 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3910 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3911 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3913 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3914 size as the discarded one. */
3915 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3918 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3924 s
= s
->output_section
;
3925 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3929 /* Handle objcopy. */
3930 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3933 /* xgettext:c-format */
3934 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3935 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3936 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3937 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3940 s
= s
->output_section
;
3942 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3947 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3948 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3949 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3951 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3952 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3953 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3954 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3955 /* xgettext:c-format */
3956 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3961 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3965 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3966 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3967 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3968 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3969 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3970 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3971 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3973 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3975 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3978 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3979 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3984 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3985 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3986 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3987 field to point to this section. */
3988 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3989 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3994 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3995 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3998 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3999 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
4000 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
4004 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
4006 /* This is a .stab section. */
4007 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
4008 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
4009 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
4016 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
4017 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
4018 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
4019 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
4021 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4023 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4026 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
4027 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
4028 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
4029 the version strings. */
4030 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
4031 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
4033 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4038 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
4039 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
4040 this hash table or version table is for. */
4041 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4043 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4047 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
4051 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
4052 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
4053 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4059 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4061 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4062 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4063 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4064 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4066 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4067 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4068 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4071 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4072 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4073 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4074 the beginning of that array.
4076 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4079 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4080 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4082 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4084 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4086 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4087 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4088 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4090 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4093 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4096 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4098 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4101 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4104 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4109 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4110 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4113 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4115 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4120 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4123 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4126 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
4127 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4128 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4129 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4130 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4131 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4132 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4133 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4134 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4137 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4138 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4141 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4143 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4144 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4145 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4146 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4147 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4148 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4149 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4150 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4157 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4161 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4163 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4164 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4168 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4169 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4170 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4172 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4173 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4175 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4176 decided to output. */
4177 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4179 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4181 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4183 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4184 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4186 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4188 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4189 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4191 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4195 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4196 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4198 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4200 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4204 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4205 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4206 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4207 at least in that case. */
4208 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4210 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4212 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4219 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4220 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4221 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4222 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4225 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4227 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4230 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4231 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4232 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4237 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4239 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4241 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4243 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4246 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4247 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4250 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4252 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4256 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4258 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4262 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4263 ELF data structure. */
4265 static inline file_ptr
4266 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4268 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4271 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4272 required section alignment. */
4275 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4279 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4280 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4281 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4282 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4283 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4284 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4285 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4289 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4290 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4291 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4294 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4295 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4297 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4298 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4300 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4301 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4302 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4304 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4307 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4308 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4309 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4311 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4314 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4315 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4316 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4320 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4323 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4324 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4325 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4326 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4330 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4331 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4333 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4338 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4340 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4345 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4346 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4347 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4348 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4349 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4350 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4351 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4352 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4353 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4354 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4355 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4357 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4363 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4365 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4367 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4368 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4370 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4372 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4373 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4374 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4375 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4378 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4379 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4381 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4383 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4385 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4386 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4388 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4391 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4396 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4397 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4399 static bfd_size_type
4400 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4404 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4406 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4407 and one for data. */
4410 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4411 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4413 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4414 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4415 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4420 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4422 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4426 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4428 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4432 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4434 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4438 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4440 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4444 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4445 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4446 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4448 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4452 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4454 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4455 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4457 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4458 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4460 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4461 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4462 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4463 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4464 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4465 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4466 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4467 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4468 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4469 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4474 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4476 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4478 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4484 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4486 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4487 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4489 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4490 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4491 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4492 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4494 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4497 /* xgettext:c-format */
4498 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4499 "sh_info field: %d"),
4500 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4503 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4504 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4505 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4510 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4511 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4515 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4521 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4524 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4527 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4529 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4530 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4532 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4538 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4539 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4546 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4548 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4549 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4550 asection
**sections
,
4555 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4560 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4561 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4562 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4566 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4567 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4568 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4569 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4571 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4573 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4574 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4575 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4581 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4584 struct elf_segment_map
*
4585 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4587 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4589 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4590 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4594 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4596 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4601 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4604 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4605 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4606 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4608 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4609 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4611 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4612 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4613 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4614 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4616 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4619 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4621 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4623 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4624 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4625 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4627 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4631 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4633 if (remove_empty_load
4634 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4636 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4642 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4643 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4645 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4652 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4653 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4655 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4658 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4661 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4662 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4663 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4664 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4666 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4669 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4671 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4675 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4676 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4679 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4680 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4682 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4683 bfd_boolean writable
;
4684 bfd_boolean executable
;
4685 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4686 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4687 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4688 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4690 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4691 bfd_size_type phdr_size
;
4693 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4695 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4696 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4697 if (sections
== NULL
)
4700 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4701 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4703 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4704 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4707 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4709 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4711 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4712 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4714 s
->target_index
= i
;
4717 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4718 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4719 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4722 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4725 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4727 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4728 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4729 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4730 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4731 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4732 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4734 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4736 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4737 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4738 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4739 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4740 been left for them. */
4741 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4743 /* Build the mapping. */
4747 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4748 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4750 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4751 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4753 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4754 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4758 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4760 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4761 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4762 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4766 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4767 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4771 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4779 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4780 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4781 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4787 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4789 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4792 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4793 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4795 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4796 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4797 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4798 program headers we will need. */
4799 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4802 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4804 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4806 && info
->separate_code
4807 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4809 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4810 thus not executable, and the first section is
4811 executable then put the file and program headers in
4812 their own PT_LOAD. */
4813 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4814 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4815 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4817 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4818 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4819 previous page if we can. */
4820 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4821 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4823 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4826 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4827 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4828 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4829 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4830 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4831 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4832 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4833 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4835 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4836 else if (separate_phdr
)
4838 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4841 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
;
4843 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4844 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4847 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4851 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4854 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4858 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4861 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4863 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4864 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4865 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4867 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4869 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4870 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4874 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4875 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4877 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4878 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4881 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4882 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4883 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4885 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4886 pages onto the same memory page. */
4887 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4889 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4890 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4891 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4892 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4893 section can be included in the current segment. */
4894 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4895 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4896 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4897 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4899 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4900 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4903 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4904 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4906 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4907 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4908 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4909 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4912 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4914 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4915 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4916 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4917 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4919 else if (info
!= NULL
4920 && info
->separate_code
4921 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4926 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4928 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4934 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4935 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4938 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4939 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4941 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4943 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4949 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4951 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4954 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4955 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4959 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4960 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4962 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4969 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4974 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4980 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4981 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4983 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4986 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4988 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4989 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4990 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4992 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
5000 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5003 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
5010 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
5011 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
5012 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
5013 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
5014 in the output file. */
5015 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5017 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5018 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
5021 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
5024 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
5026 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
5027 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5028 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5029 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
,
5036 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5037 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5038 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5042 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5046 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5047 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5050 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5051 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5055 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5061 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5062 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5066 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5069 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5070 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5071 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5076 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5077 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5079 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5081 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5083 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5086 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5089 while (i
< tls_count
)
5091 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5093 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5097 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5100 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5112 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5113 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5114 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5115 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5116 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5118 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5119 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5120 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5122 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5125 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5126 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5130 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5131 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5133 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5135 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5141 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5142 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5143 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5145 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5146 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5150 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5152 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5159 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5161 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5162 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5163 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5165 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5166 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5170 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5172 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5178 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5180 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5181 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5185 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5186 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5187 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5188 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5189 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5190 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5192 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5193 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5200 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5202 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5204 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5206 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5207 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5210 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5211 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5212 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5215 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5220 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5223 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5224 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5228 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5235 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5238 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5241 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5243 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5248 if (sections
!= NULL
)
5253 /* Sort sections by address. */
5256 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5258 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5259 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5260 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5262 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5263 place the section into a segment. */
5264 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5266 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5269 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5270 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5271 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5273 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5276 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5278 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5285 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5290 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5291 before others at the same address. */
5293 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5294 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5301 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5304 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5305 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5308 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5310 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5311 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5313 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5315 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5317 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5319 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5321 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5322 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5323 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5324 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5325 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5329 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5331 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5332 lma1
= m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5334 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5336 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5337 lma2
= m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5339 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5341 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5342 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5346 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5348 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5349 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5350 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5351 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5352 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5355 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5356 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5358 /* In other words, something like:
5360 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5361 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5362 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5363 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5365 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5367 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5370 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5372 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5373 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5375 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5379 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5382 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5387 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5388 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5389 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5390 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5391 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5392 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5394 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5395 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5399 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5400 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5401 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5407 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5412 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5414 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5417 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5422 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5423 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5427 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5428 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5430 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5431 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5432 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5433 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5434 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5436 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5437 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5439 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5441 if (link_info
== NULL
5442 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5446 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5451 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5452 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5456 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5457 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5458 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5461 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5463 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5466 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5470 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5471 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5472 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5473 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5478 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5482 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5483 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5484 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5485 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5486 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5488 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5489 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5490 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5491 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5492 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5493 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5494 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5498 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5500 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5501 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5502 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5503 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5504 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5505 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5507 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5508 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5510 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5511 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5512 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5517 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5521 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5522 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5524 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5525 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5526 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5527 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5528 position after the ELF file header. */
5529 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5530 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5532 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5533 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5535 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5541 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5542 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5544 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5548 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5550 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5551 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5552 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5553 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5554 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5555 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5557 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5558 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5561 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5563 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5565 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5566 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5567 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5570 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5572 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5573 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5575 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5576 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5577 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5578 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5579 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5580 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5581 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5583 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5584 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5586 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5588 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5589 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5590 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5591 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5593 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5595 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5597 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5600 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5602 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5605 bfd_size_type align
;
5606 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5608 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5612 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5614 unsigned int secalign
;
5616 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5617 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5618 align_power
= secalign
;
5620 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5621 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5622 align
= maxpagesize
;
5625 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5626 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5627 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5628 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5629 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5630 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5632 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5635 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5636 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5638 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5642 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5644 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5645 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5648 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5649 && bed
->no_page_alias
5650 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5651 && (off
& -maxpagesize
) == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
))
5652 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5656 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5657 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5658 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5659 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5660 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5661 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5662 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5663 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5668 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5669 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5670 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5672 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5675 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5676 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5678 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5681 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5682 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5683 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5684 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5686 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5688 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5690 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5691 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5692 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5696 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5697 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5698 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5701 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5702 " try linking with -N"),
5704 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5708 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5712 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5714 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5715 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5716 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5717 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5721 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5723 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5725 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5726 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5727 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5729 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5731 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5734 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5735 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5736 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5739 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5741 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5742 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0;
5743 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5744 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5745 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5746 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5747 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5748 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5751 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5755 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5756 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5758 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5763 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5764 without file contents somewhere within the first
5765 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5766 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5767 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5771 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5778 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5780 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5781 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5785 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5786 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5787 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5788 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5789 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5790 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5793 bfd_size_type align
;
5794 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5797 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5798 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5800 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5801 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5802 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5803 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5804 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5805 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5807 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5808 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5809 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5810 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5814 || p_end
< p_start
))
5817 /* xgettext:c-format */
5818 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5819 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
, (uint64_t) p_end
);
5823 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5825 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5827 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5829 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5831 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5832 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5834 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5835 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5840 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5844 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5846 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5850 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5851 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5852 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5858 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5867 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5869 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5870 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5871 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5873 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5874 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5875 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5877 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5878 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5879 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5880 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5881 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5882 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5884 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5886 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5889 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5891 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5892 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5893 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5894 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5895 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5896 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5898 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5900 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5901 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5903 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5905 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5906 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5909 if (align
> p
->p_align
5910 && !m
->p_align_valid
5911 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5912 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5916 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5919 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5921 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5928 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5929 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5930 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5931 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5932 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5933 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5935 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5936 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5937 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5938 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5939 " by LOAD segment"),
5944 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5945 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5946 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5948 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5950 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5951 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5952 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5953 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5954 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5955 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5957 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5962 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5964 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5967 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5968 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5969 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5970 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5973 /* xgettext:c-format */
5974 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5976 print_segment_map (m
);
5982 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5984 if (link_info
!= NULL
5985 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
5986 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5988 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5989 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5990 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5992 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5993 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5994 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5995 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5997 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5998 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5999 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6000 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
6003 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
;
6005 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
6006 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6007 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6009 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6010 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6011 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6019 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6020 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6024 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6025 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6028 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6029 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6037 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6038 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6039 use heuristics instead. */
6042 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6044 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6047 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6048 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6049 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6051 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6053 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6055 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6056 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6057 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6058 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6059 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6066 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6067 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6070 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6071 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6073 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6074 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6075 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6076 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6077 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6078 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6081 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6082 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6083 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6084 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6086 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6089 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6090 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6091 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6092 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6093 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6094 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6096 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6097 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6098 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6099 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6100 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6101 so do not warn about them. */
6102 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6104 /* xgettext:c-format */
6105 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6107 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6109 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6110 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6111 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6112 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6115 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6117 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6120 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6121 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6122 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6123 not been decided. */
6124 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6125 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6126 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6127 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6128 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6129 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6130 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6131 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6132 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6133 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6135 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6137 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6139 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6140 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6141 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6142 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6144 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6149 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6151 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6152 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6153 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6154 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6155 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6157 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6159 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6161 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6162 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
;
6173 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6174 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6177 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6179 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6181 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6183 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6185 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6186 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6187 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
6189 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6195 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6196 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6198 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6207 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
;
6208 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
;
6209 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6210 p
->p_memsz
= end
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6211 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6213 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6214 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6215 In cases where the end does not match any
6216 loaded section (for instance is in file
6217 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6218 the end of loaded section contents. */
6219 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6220 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6222 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6223 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6224 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6225 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6226 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6228 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6230 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6236 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6239 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6241 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6243 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6244 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6246 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6250 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6251 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6252 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6254 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6255 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6256 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6262 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6264 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6266 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6267 "and/or program header"),
6268 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6273 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6274 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6276 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6277 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6278 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6280 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6292 static elf_section_list
*
6293 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6295 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6301 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6302 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6303 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6305 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6306 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6307 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6308 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6309 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6310 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6311 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6312 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6314 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6317 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6318 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6320 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6321 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6322 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6325 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6326 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6328 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6329 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6330 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6334 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6335 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6337 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6338 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6339 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6340 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6342 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6345 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6346 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6347 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6349 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6350 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6351 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6352 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6353 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6354 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6355 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6356 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6357 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6359 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6362 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6365 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6366 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6370 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6371 assignment of sections to segments. */
6372 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6375 /* And for non-load sections. */
6376 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6380 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6383 /* Write out the program headers. */
6384 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6387 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6388 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6396 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6397 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6399 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6400 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6401 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6403 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6405 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6406 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6409 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6411 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6412 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6413 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6414 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6416 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6417 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6418 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6419 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6421 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6422 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6423 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6424 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6425 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6426 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6428 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6430 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6432 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6433 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6436 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6437 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6438 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6439 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6440 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6441 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6442 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6443 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6445 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6448 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6449 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6451 /* No program header, for now. */
6452 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6453 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6454 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6456 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6457 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6458 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6460 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6461 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6462 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6463 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6464 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6465 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6466 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6467 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6468 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6474 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6476 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6477 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6478 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6479 changed or the programs updated. */
6482 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6484 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6486 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6487 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6488 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6489 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6490 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6492 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6493 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6494 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6495 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6496 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6498 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6499 segments is non-zero. */
6501 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6506 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6507 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6510 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6513 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6514 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6515 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6516 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6518 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6520 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6521 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6522 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6525 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6527 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6528 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6529 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6530 bfd_boolean is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6533 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6535 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6537 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6538 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6540 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6541 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6545 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6546 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6548 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6549 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6551 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6552 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6556 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6557 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6560 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6562 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6564 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6566 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6571 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6576 /* Update section size and contents. */
6577 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6578 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6579 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6583 /* Update section size and contents. */
6584 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6585 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6588 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6595 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6597 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6598 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6599 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6600 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6602 /* Place the section headers. */
6603 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6604 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6605 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6606 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6607 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6608 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6614 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6616 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6617 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6619 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6620 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6622 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6623 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6625 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6626 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6627 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6628 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6630 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6631 already been written to the BFD. */
6632 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6634 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6638 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6641 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6645 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6648 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6649 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6650 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6652 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6653 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6654 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6655 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6656 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6658 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6660 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6662 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6663 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6668 /* Write out the section header names. */
6669 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6670 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6671 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6672 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6675 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6678 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6681 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6682 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6683 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6689 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6691 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6692 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6695 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6698 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6700 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6701 unsigned int sec_index
;
6703 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6704 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6705 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6707 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6708 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6709 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6710 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6711 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6712 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6714 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6716 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6717 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6719 int retval
= sec_index
;
6721 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6725 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6726 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6731 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6735 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6737 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6739 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6741 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6742 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6743 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6744 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6745 input sections rather than the output section. */
6746 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6747 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6748 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6753 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6754 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6755 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6756 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6757 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6758 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6759 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6762 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6766 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6767 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6769 /* xgettext:c-format */
6770 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6771 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6772 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6779 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6780 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6788 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6791 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6793 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6794 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6795 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6796 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6797 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6800 unsigned int num_segments
;
6801 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6802 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6803 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6804 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6805 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6806 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6808 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6809 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6812 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6814 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6815 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6817 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6818 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6819 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6820 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6822 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6823 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6824 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6825 ? section->size : 0)
6827 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6828 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6829 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6830 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6831 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6832 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6834 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6835 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6836 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6837 (section->lma >= base \
6838 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) >= section->lma) \
6839 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6840 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6842 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6843 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6844 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6845 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6846 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6847 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6848 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6850 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6852 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6854 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6858 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6859 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6860 p_memsz set to 0. */
6861 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6863 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6864 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6865 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6866 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6868 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6869 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6870 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6872 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6873 A section will be included if:
6874 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6875 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6876 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6878 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6879 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6880 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6881 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6882 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6883 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6884 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6885 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6886 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6887 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6888 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6889 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6890 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6891 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6892 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6893 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6894 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6895 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6896 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6897 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6898 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6899 || (segment->p_paddr \
6900 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6901 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6902 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6903 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6905 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6906 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6907 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6908 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6909 && section->output_section != NULL)
6911 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6912 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6913 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6915 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6916 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6917 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6918 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6919 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6921 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6922 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6923 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6924 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6925 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6927 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6928 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6929 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6931 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6932 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6933 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6934 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6935 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6936 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6939 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6941 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6945 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6946 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6947 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6948 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6949 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6954 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6956 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6957 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6958 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6960 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6961 assignment code will work. */
6962 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6966 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6968 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6969 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6970 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6974 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6975 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6977 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6979 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6980 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6983 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6984 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6986 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6988 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6989 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6991 if (extra_length
> 0)
6993 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6994 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6997 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6999 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
7001 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7006 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7008 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7009 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7011 if (extra_length
> 0)
7013 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7014 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7017 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7022 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7023 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7027 unsigned int section_count
;
7028 asection
**sections
;
7029 asection
*output_section
;
7031 asection
*matching_lma
;
7032 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7035 asection
*first_section
;
7037 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7040 first_section
= NULL
;
7041 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7042 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7044 section
= section
->next
)
7046 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7047 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7048 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
7050 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7051 first_section
= section
;
7052 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7057 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7058 all of the sections we have selected. */
7059 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7060 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7061 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7065 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7066 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7068 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7069 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7070 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7072 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7073 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7075 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7077 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7078 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7081 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7082 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7083 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7084 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7085 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7087 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7089 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7090 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7091 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7092 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7093 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7095 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7096 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7099 if (section_count
== 0)
7101 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7102 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7103 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7104 a warning is produced.
7105 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7106 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7107 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7108 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7109 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7110 /* xgettext:c-format */
7112 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7113 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7114 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7116 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7118 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7119 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7124 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7125 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7126 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7127 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7129 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7130 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7133 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7134 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7135 of the first section.
7137 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7138 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7139 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7140 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7141 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7143 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7144 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7145 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7146 or segments to contain the other sections.
7148 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7149 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7150 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7152 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7153 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7154 if (sections
== NULL
)
7157 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7158 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7159 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7160 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7161 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7164 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7165 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7167 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7169 section
= section
->next
)
7171 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
7173 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7175 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7177 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7178 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7179 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7180 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7182 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7183 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7185 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7186 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7187 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7188 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7189 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7190 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7192 output_section
->alignment_power
)
7193 == output_section
->vma
))
7194 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7196 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7197 LMA address of the output section. */
7198 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7199 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7200 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7201 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
7203 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7204 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7205 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7207 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7208 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7210 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7212 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7213 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7215 if (j
== section_count
)
7220 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7222 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7224 if (isec
== section_count
)
7226 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7227 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7228 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7229 program header in the input BFD. */
7230 map
->count
= section_count
;
7231 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7232 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7235 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7237 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7238 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7239 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7240 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7241 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7243 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7245 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
- matching_lma
->lma
;
7253 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7254 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7255 section fitted, the first section. */
7256 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7257 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7259 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
;
7261 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7262 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7263 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7265 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7267 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7268 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7269 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7270 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7271 offset when we know the correct value. */
7272 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7273 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7276 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7278 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7279 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7280 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7281 first section lma, but there may have been some
7282 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7283 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7284 the same alignment. */
7285 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7286 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7287 map
->p_paddr
&= -align
;
7291 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7292 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7293 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7294 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7295 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7296 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7302 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7304 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7305 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7307 section
= sections
[j
];
7309 if (section
== NULL
)
7312 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7314 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7316 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7317 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7319 if (map
->count
== 0)
7321 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7322 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7324 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7325 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7326 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7327 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7328 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7330 output_section
->alignment_power
)
7331 != output_section
->lma
)
7338 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7340 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7341 and the start of this section is more than
7342 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7343 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7345 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7346 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7347 > output_section
->lma
))
7349 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7350 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7356 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7359 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7360 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7362 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7363 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7366 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7367 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7368 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7369 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7370 So allow a count of zero. */
7372 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7373 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7374 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7376 if (isec
< section_count
)
7378 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7379 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7380 and carry on looping. */
7381 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7382 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7383 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7390 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7391 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7392 not yet been assigned. */
7394 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7395 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7396 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7397 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
;
7398 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7399 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7400 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7405 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7409 while (isec
< section_count
);
7414 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7416 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7417 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7418 the offset if necessary. */
7419 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7423 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7426 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7427 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7428 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7430 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7431 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7434 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7435 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7442 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7443 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7445 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7446 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7447 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7448 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7449 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7450 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7454 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7457 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7459 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7460 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7461 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7462 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7463 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7465 unsigned int num_segments
;
7466 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7467 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7469 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7472 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7474 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7475 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7476 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7477 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7478 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7481 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7483 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7487 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7492 unsigned int section_count
;
7494 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7495 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7496 asection
*lowest_section
;
7498 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7499 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7501 section
= section
->next
)
7503 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7504 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7506 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7507 first_section
= section
;
7512 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7513 all of the sections we have selected. */
7514 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7515 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7516 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7520 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7523 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7524 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7525 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7526 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7527 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7528 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7529 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7530 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7532 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7533 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7535 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7536 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7537 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7538 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7539 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7541 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7542 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7545 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7546 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7547 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7548 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7550 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7551 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7553 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7554 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7555 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7556 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7557 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7559 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7560 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7563 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7564 if (section_count
!= 0)
7566 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7568 for (section
= first_section
;
7570 section
= section
->next
)
7572 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7573 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7575 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7576 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7580 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7581 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7582 lowest_section
= section
;
7584 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7585 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7586 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7587 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7589 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7590 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7592 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7593 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7594 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7596 if (isec
== section_count
)
7602 if (section_count
== 0)
7603 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7604 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7606 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7607 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7608 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7609 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7610 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7611 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7613 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= (map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
7614 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7617 map
->count
= section_count
;
7618 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7619 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7622 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7626 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7630 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7632 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7633 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7636 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7639 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7641 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7642 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7643 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7644 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7645 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7646 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7647 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7649 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7651 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7652 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7655 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7656 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7657 section
= section
->next
)
7658 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7660 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7661 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7665 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7666 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7667 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7668 map in this case. */
7669 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7670 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7671 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7674 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7675 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7677 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7678 from the input BFD. */
7679 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7681 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7683 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7684 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7685 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7687 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7688 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7690 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7691 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7692 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7693 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7694 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7695 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7701 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7703 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7704 section
= section
->next
)
7706 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7709 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7712 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7716 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7718 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7719 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7720 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7722 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7723 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7725 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7728 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7729 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7731 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7732 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7733 /* xgettext:c-format */
7734 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7735 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7736 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7738 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7741 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7742 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7745 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7748 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7751 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7755 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7758 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7759 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7760 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7762 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7763 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7766 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7768 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7769 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7770 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7771 that the linker clears to differ. */
7772 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7773 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7775 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7776 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7777 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7779 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7780 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7781 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7783 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7784 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7785 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7786 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7787 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7789 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7790 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7791 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7792 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7793 if ((link_info
== NULL
7794 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7795 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7796 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7798 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7799 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7800 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7801 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7804 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7805 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7806 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7809 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7811 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7812 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7813 may be NULL at this point. */
7814 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7816 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7817 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7818 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7821 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7826 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7827 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7830 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7835 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7837 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7838 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7841 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7842 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7844 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7846 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7847 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7848 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7849 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7850 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7852 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7856 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7857 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7858 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7859 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7860 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7864 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7868 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7869 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7871 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7872 asection
*s
= first
;
7873 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7877 /* If this member section is being output but the
7878 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7879 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7880 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7881 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7883 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7884 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7886 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7887 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7888 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7889 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7891 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7893 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7894 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7896 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7897 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7900 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7906 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7908 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7909 adjust the input section size. */
7910 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7911 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7912 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7913 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7916 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7921 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7923 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7924 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7926 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7927 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7936 /* Copy private header information. */
7939 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7941 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7942 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7945 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7946 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7947 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7948 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7949 already been worked out. */
7950 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7952 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7956 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7959 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7960 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7961 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7962 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7963 swap_out_syms function. */
7965 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7966 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7967 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7968 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7969 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7972 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7977 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7979 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7980 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7983 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7984 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7987 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7989 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7993 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7994 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7995 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7996 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7997 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7998 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
8000 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
8001 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
8002 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
8003 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8004 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8010 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8013 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8014 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8017 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8020 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8021 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8022 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8023 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8024 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8025 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8026 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8027 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8028 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8030 unsigned int num_locals
;
8032 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
8034 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8037 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8038 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8042 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8043 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8044 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8045 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8046 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8047 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8048 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8049 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8051 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8052 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8054 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8055 symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
+ 1,
8056 sizeof (*symstrtab
));
8057 if (symstrtab
== NULL
)
8059 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8063 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
8064 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
8065 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
8068 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8072 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8073 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8075 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8076 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8078 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8080 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8081 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8083 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8084 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
8085 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
8086 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8089 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8090 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8091 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8092 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8093 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8095 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8098 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8100 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8101 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8107 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8108 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8109 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8110 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8111 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8112 outbound_syms_index
++;
8113 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8114 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8118 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8119 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8121 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8122 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8124 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8125 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8126 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8127 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8130 if (!name_local_sections
8131 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8133 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8134 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8138 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8139 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8141 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8143 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8147 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
8149 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8150 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8152 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8153 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8154 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8155 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8156 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8157 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8158 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8160 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8161 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8162 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8166 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8169 if (sec
->output_section
)
8171 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8172 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8175 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8176 if (! relocatable_p
)
8178 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8179 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8181 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8183 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8185 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8186 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8187 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8188 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8192 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8195 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8198 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8201 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8204 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8205 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8214 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8216 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8220 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8221 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8222 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8223 demand of applications. For example, it
8224 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8225 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8226 actually in the output file. */
8227 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8229 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8230 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8232 /* xgettext:c-format */
8234 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8235 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8236 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8238 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8244 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8247 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8249 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8250 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8251 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8253 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8255 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8257 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8262 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8265 /* Processor-specific types. */
8266 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8267 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8268 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8269 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8271 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8273 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8274 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8276 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8278 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8280 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8282 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8283 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8284 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8286 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8287 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8289 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8291 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8292 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8296 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8297 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8300 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8302 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8304 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8305 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8306 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8308 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8311 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8314 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8316 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8317 sym
.st_target_internal
8318 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8323 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8327 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8328 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8329 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8331 outbound_syms_index
++;
8332 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8333 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8336 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8337 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8339 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8340 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8342 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8343 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8344 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8346 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8347 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8348 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8350 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8351 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8353 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8354 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8359 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8360 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8361 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8362 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8363 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8364 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8365 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8366 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8371 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8373 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8374 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8375 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8378 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8380 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8384 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8385 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8387 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8390 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8392 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8398 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8400 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8402 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8404 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8406 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8410 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8411 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8413 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8416 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8418 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8424 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8427 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8428 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8430 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8434 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8437 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8440 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8447 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8449 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8452 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8453 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8454 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8458 return section
->reloc_count
;
8462 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8464 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8465 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8468 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8473 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8474 asymbol
**allocation
)
8476 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8477 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8480 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8484 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8485 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8486 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8487 dynamic reloc section. */
8490 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8492 bfd_size_type count
;
8495 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8497 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8502 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8503 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8504 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8505 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8507 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8508 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8510 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8514 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8517 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8518 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8519 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8520 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8521 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8522 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8523 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8526 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8530 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8534 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8536 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8540 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8542 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8544 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8545 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8546 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8551 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8553 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8555 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8566 /* Read in the version information. */
8569 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8571 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8572 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8574 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8576 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8577 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8578 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8580 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8582 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8584 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8585 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8587 error_return_bad_verref
:
8589 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8590 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8591 error_return_verref
:
8592 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8593 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8597 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8598 if (filesize
> 0 && filesize
< hdr
->sh_size
)
8600 /* PR 24708: Avoid attempts to allocate a ridiculous amount
8602 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8604 /* xgettext:c-format */
8605 (_("error: %pB version reference section is too large (%#" PRIx64
" bytes)"),
8606 abfd
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
);
8607 goto error_return_verref
;
8609 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8610 if (contents
== NULL
)
8611 goto error_return_verref
;
8613 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8614 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8615 goto error_return_verref
;
8617 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
8618 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
8620 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8621 goto error_return_verref
;
8623 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8624 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8625 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8626 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8627 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8628 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8630 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8631 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8634 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8636 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8638 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8639 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8641 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8642 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8644 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8645 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8648 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8649 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8650 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
8651 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8652 goto error_return_verref
;
8655 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8656 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8657 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8659 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8660 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8661 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8662 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8664 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8666 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8667 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8668 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8669 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8670 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8672 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8673 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8675 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8676 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8678 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8681 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8682 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8684 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8685 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8686 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8688 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8689 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8692 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8693 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8695 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8696 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8698 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8699 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8700 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8702 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8703 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8705 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8711 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8713 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8714 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8715 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8716 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8717 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8719 unsigned int maxidx
;
8720 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8722 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8724 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8726 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8728 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8729 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8730 error_return_verdef
:
8731 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8732 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8736 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8737 if (contents
== NULL
)
8738 goto error_return_verdef
;
8739 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8740 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8741 goto error_return_verdef
;
8743 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8744 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8745 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8746 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8747 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8748 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8750 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8751 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8753 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8755 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8757 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8759 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8760 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8761 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8762 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8764 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8767 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8768 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8769 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8771 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8772 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8775 if (default_imported_symver
)
8777 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8783 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8784 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8785 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8786 goto error_return_verdef
;
8788 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8790 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8791 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8792 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8794 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8795 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8798 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8800 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8801 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8803 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8804 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8806 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8808 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8809 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8812 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8813 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8814 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
8815 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8816 goto error_return_verdef
;
8820 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8821 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8823 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8824 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8825 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8826 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8828 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8830 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8831 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8832 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8833 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8834 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8836 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8837 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8839 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8842 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8843 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8845 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8846 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8847 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8849 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8850 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8853 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8854 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8855 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8857 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8858 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8860 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8861 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8863 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8864 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8870 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8877 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8878 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8879 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8882 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8885 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8886 if (default_imported_symver
)
8888 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8889 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8891 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8893 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8894 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8895 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8896 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8898 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8900 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8901 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8902 goto error_return_verdef
;
8903 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8904 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8905 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8906 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8907 goto error_return_verdef
;
8909 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8910 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8916 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8922 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8924 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8926 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
8929 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8930 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8934 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8938 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8941 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8942 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8946 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8949 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8950 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8953 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8954 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8955 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8958 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8959 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8960 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8961 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8962 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8963 we treat such symbols as local. */
8964 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8967 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8968 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8969 These labels have the form:
8971 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8973 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8975 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8976 so we only need to match the rest. */
8977 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8979 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8983 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
8985 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
8987 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
8988 /* A fake symbol. */
8991 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8992 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8993 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8994 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8995 other than some kind of local ? */
9012 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9013 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9020 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9021 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9022 unsigned long machine
)
9024 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9025 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9026 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9027 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9028 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9031 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9034 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9035 for error reporting. */
9038 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9042 const char **filename_ptr
,
9043 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9044 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9045 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9049 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9050 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9051 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9052 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9053 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9056 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9057 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9059 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9060 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9061 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9066 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9067 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9068 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9069 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9071 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9074 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9077 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9078 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9085 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9088 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9089 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9091 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9092 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9093 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9094 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9097 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9098 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9099 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9100 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9101 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9104 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9105 const char **filename_ptr
,
9106 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9107 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9110 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9111 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9112 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9117 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9119 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9120 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9122 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9124 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9126 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9128 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9131 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9132 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9135 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9138 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9146 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9148 const void *location
,
9150 bfd_size_type count
)
9152 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9155 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9156 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9162 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9163 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9165 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9166 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9170 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
9171 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9172 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
9173 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
9174 || contents
== NULL
)
9176 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9179 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9180 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9181 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9188 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9189 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9190 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9196 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9199 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9201 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9203 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9205 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9206 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9208 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9209 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9211 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9213 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9216 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9219 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9222 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9225 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9228 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9231 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9237 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9239 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9241 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9242 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9244 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9249 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9255 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9258 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9261 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9264 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9267 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9273 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9277 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9285 /* xgettext:c-format */
9286 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9287 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9288 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9293 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9295 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9296 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
9298 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9299 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9300 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9303 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9306 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9307 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9308 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9311 bfd_reloc_status_type
9312 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9313 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9314 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9315 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9316 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9318 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9321 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9322 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9323 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9324 out details about the corefile. */
9326 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9327 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
9328 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
9329 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9332 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9333 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9336 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9340 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9342 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9347 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9348 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9349 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9353 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9357 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9360 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9364 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9365 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9366 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9370 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9371 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9372 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9373 such a section already exists.
9374 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9375 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9376 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9378 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9384 char *threaded_name
;
9388 /* Build the section name. */
9390 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9391 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9392 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9393 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9395 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9397 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9402 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9403 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9405 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9409 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9412 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9418 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9419 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9420 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9425 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9427 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9431 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9434 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9439 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9443 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9444 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9445 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9447 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9448 has already been set by another thread. */
9449 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9450 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9451 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9452 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9454 /* pr_who exists on:
9457 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9460 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9461 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9463 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9466 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9467 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9469 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9470 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9472 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9473 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9474 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9476 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9477 has already been set by another thread. */
9478 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9479 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9480 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9481 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9483 /* pr_who exists on:
9486 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9489 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9490 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9492 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9495 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9498 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9499 note size (ie. data object type). */
9503 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9504 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9505 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9507 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9509 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9511 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9513 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9515 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9516 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9519 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9520 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9521 data structure apart. */
9524 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9526 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9529 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9530 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9534 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9536 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9539 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9540 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9541 contents literally. */
9544 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9546 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9550 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9552 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9556 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9558 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9562 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9564 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9568 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9570 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9574 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9576 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9580 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9582 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9586 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9588 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9592 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9594 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9598 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9600 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9604 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9606 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9610 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9612 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9616 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9618 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9622 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9624 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9628 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9630 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9634 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9636 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9640 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9642 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9646 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9648 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9652 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9654 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9658 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9660 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9664 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9666 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9670 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9672 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9676 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9678 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9682 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9684 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9688 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9690 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9694 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9696 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9700 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9702 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9706 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9708 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9712 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9714 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9718 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9720 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9724 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9726 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9730 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9732 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9736 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9738 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9742 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9744 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9748 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9750 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9753 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9754 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9755 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9756 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9760 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9761 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9762 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9763 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9767 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9768 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9769 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9772 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9775 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9783 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9787 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9793 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9795 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9797 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9799 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9801 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9803 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9804 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9806 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9807 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9808 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9810 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9811 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9812 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9814 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9815 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9817 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9818 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9820 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9822 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9823 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9825 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9826 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9827 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9829 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9830 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9831 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9837 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9838 note size (ie. data object type). */
9842 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9843 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9844 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9847 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9848 int n
= strlen (command
);
9850 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9851 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9856 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9858 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9860 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9862 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9863 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9864 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9870 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9872 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9874 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9875 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9877 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9880 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9882 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9885 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9886 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9887 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9891 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9893 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9895 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9897 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9903 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9904 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9905 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9910 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9912 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9913 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9915 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9916 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9918 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9920 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9921 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9922 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9925 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9927 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9931 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9932 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9933 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9934 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9937 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9938 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9939 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9942 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9944 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9947 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9949 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9950 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9951 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9954 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9956 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9960 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9961 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9962 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9963 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9966 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9967 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
9968 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
9971 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9973 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
9975 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9978 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9985 int is_active_thread
;
9988 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
9991 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
9994 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
9998 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9999 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10000 /* process_info.pid */
10001 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10002 /* process_info.signal */
10003 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10006 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
10007 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10008 /* thread_info.tid */
10009 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
10011 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10012 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10016 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10018 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10022 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10024 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10025 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10026 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10028 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10029 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10031 if (is_active_thread
)
10032 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10036 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
10037 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10038 /* module_info.base_address */
10039 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10040 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10042 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10043 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10047 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10049 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10054 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10055 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10056 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10067 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10069 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10071 switch (note
->type
)
10077 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10078 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10080 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10081 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10086 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10088 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10091 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10093 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10096 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10097 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10099 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10100 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10102 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10103 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10104 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10105 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10109 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10110 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10111 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10112 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10117 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10118 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10119 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10124 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10125 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10126 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10131 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10132 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10133 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10138 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10139 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10140 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10145 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10146 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10147 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10152 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10153 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10154 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10159 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10160 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10161 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10165 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10166 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10167 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10168 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10172 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10173 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10174 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10175 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10179 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10180 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10181 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10182 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10186 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10187 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10188 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10189 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10193 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10194 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10195 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10196 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10200 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10201 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10202 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10203 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10207 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10208 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10209 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10210 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10214 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10215 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10216 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10217 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10221 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10222 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10223 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10224 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10228 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10229 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10230 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10231 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10235 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10236 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10237 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10238 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10242 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10243 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10244 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10245 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10250 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10251 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10252 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10256 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10257 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10258 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10259 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10263 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10264 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10265 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10266 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10270 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10271 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10272 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10273 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10278 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10279 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10280 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10284 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10285 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10286 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10287 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10291 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10292 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10293 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10294 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10298 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10299 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10300 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10301 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10305 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10306 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10307 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10308 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10313 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10314 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10315 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10320 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10321 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10322 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10326 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10327 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10328 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10329 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10333 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10334 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10335 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10336 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10341 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10342 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10343 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10347 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10348 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10349 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10350 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10356 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10357 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10359 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10360 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10366 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10369 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10373 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10380 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10382 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10384 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10387 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10388 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10391 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10392 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10393 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10399 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10401 switch (note
->type
)
10406 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10407 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10409 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10410 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10415 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10417 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10418 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10419 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10421 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10422 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10423 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10425 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10431 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10433 switch (note
->type
)
10436 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10444 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10448 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10451 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10456 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10464 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10465 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10470 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10471 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10475 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10479 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10480 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10481 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10484 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10485 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10486 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10489 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10492 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10493 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10496 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10497 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10503 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10509 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10510 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10511 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10515 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10519 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10520 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10527 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10530 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10531 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10534 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10535 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10536 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10538 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10543 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10547 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10550 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10551 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10552 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10553 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10556 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10557 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10558 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10561 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10562 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10565 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10566 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10569 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10570 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10571 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10575 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10577 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10579 switch (note
->type
)
10582 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10583 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10585 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10588 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10591 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10593 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10594 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10595 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10599 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10600 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10603 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10604 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10607 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10608 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10611 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10612 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10614 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10615 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10616 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10620 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10621 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10625 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10633 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10637 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10640 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10647 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10649 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10652 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10653 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10654 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10656 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10657 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10658 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10660 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10661 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10662 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10664 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10669 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10673 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10674 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10676 switch (note
->type
)
10678 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10679 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10680 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10681 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10682 creates a core file. */
10683 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10684 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10685 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10686 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10687 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10693 /* As of March 2017 there are no other machine-independent notes
10694 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10695 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10698 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10702 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10704 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10705 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10707 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10708 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10709 switch (note
->type
)
10711 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10712 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10714 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10715 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10721 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10722 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10723 structure which lacks GBR. */
10726 switch (note
->type
)
10728 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10729 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10731 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
10732 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10738 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10739 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10742 switch (note
->type
)
10744 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10745 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10747 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10748 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10758 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10760 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10763 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10764 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10765 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10767 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10768 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10769 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10771 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10772 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10773 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10779 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10781 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10782 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10784 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10785 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10787 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10788 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10790 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10791 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10793 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10794 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10796 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10798 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10803 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10804 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10805 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10814 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10816 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10823 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
10826 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10827 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10829 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10830 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10832 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10833 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10835 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10836 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10838 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10839 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10842 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10843 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10844 thread just in case. */
10845 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10846 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10848 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10849 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10851 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10854 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10856 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10860 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10861 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10862 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10864 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10868 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10869 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10877 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10878 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10880 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10883 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10885 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10889 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10890 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10891 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10893 /* This is the current thread. */
10894 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10895 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10900 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10901 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10902 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10903 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10906 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10908 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10909 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10911 static long tid
= 1;
10913 switch (note
->type
)
10915 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
10916 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
10917 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
10918 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
10919 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
10920 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
10921 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
10922 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
10929 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10935 /* Use note name as section name. */
10936 len
= note
->namesz
;
10937 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10940 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
10941 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
10943 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10947 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10948 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10949 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
10954 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10957 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10961 size of data for note
10963 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10964 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10965 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10966 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10969 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10972 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10980 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
10987 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
10989 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
10991 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
10994 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
10995 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
10996 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
10997 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
10998 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
10999 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11003 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11011 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11021 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11022 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11023 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11024 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11025 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11026 be NULL terminated.
11027 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11028 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11029 the finer control available with later versions.
11030 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11031 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11032 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11033 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11034 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11035 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11036 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11039 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11043 const char *psargs
)
11045 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11047 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11050 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11051 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11056 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11057 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11058 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11060 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11062 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11065 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11068 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11069 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11070 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11071 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11072 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11077 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11079 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11082 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11085 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11086 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11087 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11088 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11089 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11091 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11096 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11097 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11101 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11102 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11103 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11105 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11107 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11109 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11110 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11111 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11115 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11117 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11118 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11119 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11124 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11125 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11126 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11128 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11130 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11132 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11133 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11134 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11138 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11140 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11141 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11142 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11147 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11154 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11156 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11159 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11161 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11166 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11167 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11168 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11170 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11172 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11173 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11174 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11175 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11176 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11177 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11184 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11185 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11186 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11187 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11188 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11189 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11191 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11197 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11199 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11206 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11207 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11209 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11210 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11211 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11212 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11213 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11214 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11215 #if !defined(gregs)
11216 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11217 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11219 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11220 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11223 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11224 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11226 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11228 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11230 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11234 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11235 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11237 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11238 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11239 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11241 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11245 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11246 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11247 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11248 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11256 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11257 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11258 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11259 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11263 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11266 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11269 const void *fpregs
,
11272 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11273 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11274 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11278 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11281 const void *xfpregs
,
11284 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11285 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11286 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11290 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11291 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11294 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11295 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11297 note_name
= "LINUX";
11298 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11299 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11303 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11306 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11309 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11310 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11311 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11315 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11318 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11321 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11322 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11323 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11327 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11330 const void *ppc_tar
,
11333 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11334 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11335 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11339 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11342 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11345 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11346 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11347 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11351 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11354 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11357 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11358 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11359 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11363 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11366 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11369 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11370 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11371 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11375 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11378 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11381 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11382 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11383 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11387 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11390 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11393 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11394 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11395 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11399 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11402 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11405 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11406 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11407 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11411 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11414 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11417 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11418 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11419 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11423 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11426 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11429 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11430 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11431 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11435 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11438 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11441 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11442 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11443 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11447 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11450 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11453 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11454 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11455 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11459 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11462 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11465 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11466 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11467 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11471 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11474 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11477 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11478 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11479 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11483 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11486 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11489 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11490 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11491 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11492 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11496 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11499 const void *s390_timer
,
11502 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11503 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11504 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11508 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11511 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11514 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11515 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11516 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11520 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11523 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11526 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11527 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11528 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11532 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11535 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11538 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11539 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11540 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11544 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11547 const void *s390_prefix
,
11550 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11551 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11552 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11556 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11559 const void *s390_last_break
,
11562 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11563 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11564 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11565 s390_last_break
, size
);
11569 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11572 const void *s390_system_call
,
11575 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11576 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11577 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11578 s390_system_call
, size
);
11582 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11585 const void *s390_tdb
,
11588 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11589 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11590 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11594 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11597 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11600 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11601 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11602 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11606 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11609 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11612 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11613 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11614 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11615 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11619 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11622 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11625 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11626 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11627 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11632 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11635 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11638 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11639 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11640 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11645 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11648 const void *arm_vfp
,
11651 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11652 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11653 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11657 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11660 const void *aarch_tls
,
11663 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11664 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11665 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11669 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11672 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11675 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11676 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11677 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11681 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11684 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11687 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11688 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11689 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11693 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11696 const void *aarch_sve
,
11699 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11700 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11701 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11705 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11708 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11711 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11712 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11713 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11717 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11720 const char *section
,
11724 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11725 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11726 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11727 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11728 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11729 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11730 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11731 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11732 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11733 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11734 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11735 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11736 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11737 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11738 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11739 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11740 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11741 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11742 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11743 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11744 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11745 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11746 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11747 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11748 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11749 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11750 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11751 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11752 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11753 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11754 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11755 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11756 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11757 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11758 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11759 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11760 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11761 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11762 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11763 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11764 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11765 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11766 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11767 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11768 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11769 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11770 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11771 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11772 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11773 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11774 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11775 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11776 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11777 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11778 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11779 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11780 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11781 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11782 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11783 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11784 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11785 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11786 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11787 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11788 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11789 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11790 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11791 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11792 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11793 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11794 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
11795 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11796 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
11797 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11802 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
11807 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11808 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11809 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11810 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11813 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
11817 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
11819 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
11820 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
11822 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
11825 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
11827 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
11828 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
11829 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
11832 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
11833 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
11834 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
11836 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
11837 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
11840 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
11847 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
11850 const char * string
;
11852 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
11856 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
11857 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
11858 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
11859 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
11860 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
11861 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
11862 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
11864 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
11867 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
11869 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
11870 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
11871 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
11873 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
11882 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
11884 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
11887 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
11888 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
11890 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
11896 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
11903 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
11908 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
11911 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
11914 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
11918 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
11919 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
11922 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
11923 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
11933 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
11935 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
11936 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
11937 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11940 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
11942 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11944 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11948 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
11951 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
11952 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
11953 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
11954 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
11956 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
11957 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11960 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
11964 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11966 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11970 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
11971 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
11972 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
11973 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
11978 enum elf_reloc_type_class
11979 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11980 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11981 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11983 return reloc_class_normal
;
11986 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
11987 relocation against a local symbol. */
11990 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
11991 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
11993 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
11995 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
11996 bfd_vma relocation
;
11998 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
11999 + sec
->output_offset
12001 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12002 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12003 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12006 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12007 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12008 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12011 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12012 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12013 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12014 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12015 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12016 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12017 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12020 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12021 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12027 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12028 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12032 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12034 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12035 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12037 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12038 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12039 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12042 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12043 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12044 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12045 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12049 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12050 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12054 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12056 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12057 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12059 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12060 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12063 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12065 /* Reverse the offset. */
12066 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12067 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12069 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12070 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12071 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12072 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12078 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12079 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12080 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12081 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12082 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12083 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12085 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12086 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12087 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12088 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12089 the remote memory. */
12092 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12095 bfd_size_type size
,
12096 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12097 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12099 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12100 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12104 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12105 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12106 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12111 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12114 const char *relplt_name
;
12115 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
12119 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12125 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12128 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12131 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12134 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12135 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12136 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12137 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12138 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12141 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12142 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12143 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12146 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12150 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12151 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12154 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12155 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12156 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12157 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12159 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12160 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12163 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12165 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12170 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12174 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12175 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12177 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12182 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12183 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12186 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12187 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12188 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12189 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12190 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12191 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12193 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12196 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12197 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12199 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12203 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12204 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12205 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12206 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12209 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12212 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12213 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12220 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12221 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12222 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12223 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12224 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12225 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12226 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12227 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12230 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12232 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12234 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12236 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12237 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12239 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12240 SHF_GNU_MBIND sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type or
12241 STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12242 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12244 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12245 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12246 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12247 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12249 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12250 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is unsupported"));
12251 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12252 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is unsupported"));
12253 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12254 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is unsupported"));
12255 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12263 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12264 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12265 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12268 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12270 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12271 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12274 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12275 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12276 otherwise return zero. */
12279 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12282 bfd_size_type size
;
12284 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12285 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12286 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12289 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12291 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12292 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;